Canon TS8352 User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for TS8352 by Canon which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
TS8300 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Basic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Printing Photos from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Printing Photos from Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Printing a Disc Label from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Copying a Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Multi-purpose Tray, Memory Card, etc.. 94
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Loading Paper in the Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Placing Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Before Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Removing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Removing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Aligning the Print Head Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Setting the Ink to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Other device settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Tiling/Poster Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Quick Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Main Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Disc Label Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Copying Label Side of Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Scanning from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
IJ Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Creating/Editing PDF Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Power Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Wi-Fi Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Wireless Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 439
Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Cannot Print on the Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 463
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Paper is Not in the Cassette (1003). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
1013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
2113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
12
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
13
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad,
iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
14
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
15
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
16
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
17
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
18
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
19
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
20
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
21
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
22
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
23
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
24
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all
encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The
FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
25
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
26
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties of
merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
27
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
28
Printing Photos from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos with Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
1. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
4. Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
30
5. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
6. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
31
7. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
8. Start Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For Windows:
The procedure below is for a computer running the Windows 10 operating system.
From the Start menu, select (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For macOS:
From the Go menu in Finder, select Application and double-click the Canon Utilities folder, the Easy-
PhotoPrint Editor folder, and then the Easy-PhotoPrint Editor icon.
9. Click Photos icon (E).
10. Click Browse (F) in Computer: and select folder with photos you want to print.
32
11. Click photos (G) you want to print and select Open (H).
For Windows:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key.
For macOS:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key.
12. Specify number of copies and other options under Print Settings (I).
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your model name, the paper size, and other options.
For macOS:
Specify the number of copies, the paper size, and other options.
Note
•Selecting Same No. of each photo enables you to specify the number of copies for all photos
with a single setting.
•Selecting Same No. of each photo disables the number-of-copies setting specified for each
photo. When unchecked, the previous settings for each copy are re-enabled. for specifying
the number of copies is also re-enabled.
13. Start printing.
33
For Windows:
Click Print (J).
For macOS:
Click Next. When the Print dialog appears, specify your model name, paper, and other options, and then
click Print.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will
start.
Note
• Easy-PhotoPrint Editor lets you easily create and print original collages, cards, or calendars using your
favorite photos.
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
34
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
This section describes how to print photos with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
For details on how to download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, see below.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
1. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
4. Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
35
5. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
6. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
36
7. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
8. Start (Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY) from your smartphone/tablet.
9. Select Photo Print on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
The list of photos saved on your smartphone/tablet is displayed.
10. Select a photo.
You can also select multiple photos at once.
11. Specify the number of copies, paper size, etc.
12. Start printing.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will
start.
37
Copying
This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper loaded in the cassette.
1. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
2. Remove the cassette cover (B).
3. Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
4. Load plain paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.
38
5. Align paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right with paper length and width.
6. Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.
39
7. Select Copy (E) on HOME screen.
8. Select Standard copy.
9. Open document cover (F).
10. Load original WITH SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with alignment mark (G).
11. Close the document cover.
12. Check paper settings and tap Black (H) or Color (I).
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then copying will
start.
40
Printing Photos from Memory Card
This section describes how to print photos on a memory card.
1. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
4. Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
42
5. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
6. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
43
7. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
8. Insert the memory card.
* The figure below shows the SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card as an example.
Note
• For details on inserting memory cards other than SD/SDHC/SDXC, see below.
Inserting the Memory Card
9. Flick right and left through the photos (E) and select one.
10. Check paper settings and tap Color (F).
44
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically, then printing will
start.
Important
• Do not remove the memory card during printing. Data on the memory card may be damaged.
Note
• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient photo print features.
Printing Photo Data
45
Printing a Disc Label from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos on a printable disc with Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Start Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For Windows:
The procedure below is for a computer running the Windows 10 operating system.
From the Start menu, select (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For macOS:
From the Go menu in Finder, select Application and double-click the Canon Utilities folder, the Easy-
PhotoPrint Editor folder, and then the Easy-PhotoPrint Editor icon.
2. Click Disc Labels icon (A).
3. Select template (B).
46
4. Select type of printable disc (C) and select Next (D).
5. Click Browse (E) in Computer: and select folder with photos you want to print.
6. Click photos (F) you want to print and select Open (G).
7. Edit disc label and select Next (H).
You can change the background or add texts.
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
47
8. Open operation panel (I) until horizontal.
9. Specify number of copies and other options under Print Settings (J).
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your printer name, and other options.
For macOS:
Specify the number of copies and other options.
10. Start printing.
For Windows:
Click Print (K).
For macOS:
Click Next. When the Print dialog appears, specify your model name and other options, and then click
Print.
48
11. When message prompting you to load printable disc appears on printer's touch screen, take
out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (L).
12. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (M) at bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (N).
49
13. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
14. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
15. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The multi-purpose tray is drawn into the printer and printing will start.
16. After printing is complete, pull multi-purpose tray from printer to remove it.
50
17. While pressing down lock (M), take out printable disc from slits (N) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Note
• Easy-PhotoPrint Editor enables you to print photos onto the disc label with various layouts.
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
51
Copying a Disc Label
This section describes how to copy the label of an existing disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) and print it onto a
printable disc.
1. Select Copy (A) on the HOME screen.
2. Select Disc label copy (B).
3. Check message and select OK.
4. Specify the print area of the printable disc as necessary.
Select Outer circle or Inner circle (C), specify the print area, then select OK (D).
52
5. Specify the amount of ink (E).
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
6. Open the document cover (F).
7. Load copy source (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) WITH ITS LABEL SIDE DOWN on platen.
8. Close the document cover.
9. Select OK on the touch screen.
10. Open operation panel (G) until horizontal.
53
11. Tap Black (H) or Color (I).
A message prompting you to load the printable disc is displayed.
12. Take out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (J).
13. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (K) at bottom.
54
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (L).
14. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
15. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray guide is
approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
16. Select OK on the touch screen.
The multi-purpose tray is drawn into the printer and copying will start.
Important
•Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.
17. After copying is complete, pull multi-purpose tray from printer to remove it.
55
Network
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
•Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
◦ Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
◦ You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the
printer.
◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
•Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
◦ While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
◦ If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on
your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
◦ In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears,
disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
◦ Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB
cable. For details, see Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
57
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
• To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
◦For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
◦For macOS:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Handling Printer Configuration using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
58
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac. IEEE802.11a and IEEE802.11n (5 GHz) may not be
supported depending on the country or region you live in. Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n,
IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11b or IEEE802.11a.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in
Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information
will be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even
after disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
59
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
60
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Enable/Disable LAN Disable LAN
Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4)Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 minutes
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon TS8300 series
LPR protocol setting Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Enable
PictBridge communication Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
Network (SSID)/device name DIRECT-abXX-TS8300series *1
Password YYYYYYYYYY *2
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)
Connection request confirmation Displayed
62
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
63
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
•For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
•For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the serial number by displaying on the touch screen.
System information
64
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to
LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click
here and perform setup.
65
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, tap the HOME button.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
4. Select Device settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Print details.
7. Check message and select Yes.
8. When the confirmation screen for printing passwords appears, select ON or OFF.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information –
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics –
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details http://canon.com/ijnwt
66
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz)
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XXX (1 to 13, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104, 108,
112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153, 157, 161,
165)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method None/WEP/TKIP/AES
3-2-9 WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
67
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH
3-2-35 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless LAN)
Enable/Disable
3-3 Wireless Direct Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters)
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
68
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method –
3-3-17 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless direct)
Enable/Disable
5 Other Settings Other settings –
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
5-2 Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct (Up to 32 alphanumeric
characters)
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-13 PictBridge Commun. PictBridge Communica-
tion
Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
69
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
6 Bluetooth Bluetooth settings –
6-1 Bluetooth Setting Bluetooth Enable/Disable
6-3 Bluetooth Device Ad-
dress
Bluetooth device ad-
dress of the printer
XXXXXXXX
6-5 Bluetooth Device Name Bluetooth device name
of the printer
XXXXXXXX
7 Web Services Web Services –
7-1 Unsent Usage Logs Number of unsent us-
age logs
0 to 200
7-2 Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3 Web Service Status Registration status Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
7-4 Log Transmission Sta-
tus
Transmission result Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection error/
Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
70
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
•For Windows:
◦ Click here and redo setup.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
• Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless
connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Wireless connect) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Yes on the displayed screen.
Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.
4. If message saying setup is completed appears, select OK.
•For macOS:
Click here and redo setup.
71
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
72
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use IJ Network Device Setup Utility for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which IJ Network Device Setup Utility is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility repairs the
status of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer at
the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility while printing is in progress.
73
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility as shown below.
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the Start screen to start IJ
Network Device Setup Utility. If IJ Network Device Setup Utility is not displayed on the Start screen,
select the Search charm and search for "IJ Network Device Setup Utility".
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, IJ Network
Device Setup Utility, and then IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, a message appears. Check the message and select
Yes. The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:
Performing/Changing Network Settings
74
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the
computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
75
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
The screen below appears when you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
•Available
Indicates the printer is available.
•Setup Completed
77
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
•Requires Setup
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
•Not Set
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
•IP Address Overlap
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
•Unknown
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi,
Wi-Fi is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
•Auto
78
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
•Manual
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
This section describes menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
79
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
80
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device
Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
• Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
82
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4 settings
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings
Note
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
83
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
84
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi
network using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device
Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
85
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦Infrastructure
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦Direct
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
•If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
•If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
86
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to.
For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
•IPv4 settings
Note
•The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
87
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings
Note
•If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
88
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
89
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility
screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to assign location name and device name.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8. Click Set.
90
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
91
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
92
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
93
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).
You can load all supported paper on the rear tray.
Supported Media Types
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media
type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print
quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
96
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Important
• If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a
paper jam.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
•If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
•When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
97
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
98
6. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
•Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
Note
•Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
99
7. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
8. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
100
Note
• When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out
automatically.
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
101
Loading Paper in the Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
3. Remove the cassette cover (B).
102
4. Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
center of cassette.
Important
•Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
Note
•Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.
If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (G), the paper may not be fed properly.
103
6. Slide front paper guide (C) to align it with paper stack.
Align paper guide with where it clicks into place.
7. Slide right paper guide (D) to align it with paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Note
•Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (H).
•Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (I) of the paper guides.
104
8. Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.
Note
• When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out
automatically.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
• When the cassette is pulled out, it automatically extends. To shorten the extended cassette, push it in
while pulling lever (J).
105
106
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not
supported.
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
•If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
•The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
107
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load envelopes in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
6. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of envelopes.
108
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Note
•Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).
7. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
109
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
touch screen.
8. If page size and media type shown on touch screen match size and type of envelopes
loaded in rear tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded
envelopes.
Note
• When printing starts, the operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out
automatically.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
110
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions Common to using Multi-purpose Tray
• Be sure to use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation.
• Do not remove the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation. Doing so may damage the
printer, the multi-purpose tray, or the media.
• Do not get dirt on the multi-purpose tray or scratches on the reflectors. The printer may not be able to
recognize that a media is loaded, or printing may become misaligned. If the multi-purpose tray
becomes dirty, wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth, taking care not to scratch it.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the media to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose
the media to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.
Cautions When Printing onto Printable Disc
• Remove any dirt from the multi-purpose tray before placing printable discs on it. Loading discs on a
dirty multi-purpose tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs.
• Do not print onto printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and
may cause problems with the disc itself or DVD players or other devices it is loaded into.
• Do not print onto a printable disc's recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded onto discs
unreadable.
• Hold printable discs by their edges. Do not touch either the label surface (printing surface) or
recording surface.
• The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if software other than Easy-PhotoPrint Editor is used.
Cautions When Printing on Printable Nail Stickers
• For precautions on Printable Nail Stickers, refer to the instructions supplied with the Printable Nail
Stickers.
• The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if an application other than Nail Stickers Creator is used.
112
Before Placing a Printable Disc
A printable disc differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) in that its label surface has been specially
processed or printing by an inkjet printer.
The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc.
• Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
The multi-purpose tray is stored in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment of the paper output tray.
• 4.72 in. (12 cm) printable disc
Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing.
114
Placing a Printable Disc
To print onto a printable disc, place it on the supplied multi-purpose tray, and then insert it into the printer.
This procedure also applies to printing from a computer.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
Note
• If test printing is executed onto test printing paper, depending on the paper type, the printer may not be
able to read its size correctly, preventing the border areas from being printed. Test printing paper
should be used for purposes of checking the envisioned layout.
1. When message prompting you to load printable disc appears, take out multi-purpose tray
from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (A).
2. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
Important
•Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
•When placing a printable disc on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the printing surface of the
disc or the reflectors (B) on the multi-purpose tray.
115
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (C) at bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (D).
3. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
116
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
•Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow ( ) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
Note
• The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
117
Removing a Printable Disc
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2. While pressing down lock (A), take out printable disc from slits (B) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Important
• Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the multi-purpose tray.
Note
•Allow the printing surface to dry before removing the disc. If you see printing on the multi-purpose
tray or on the transparent parts of the inner or outer diameters of the printable disc, wipe them
clean after the printing surface has dried.
3. Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, store it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
118
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
The following items are needed to print onto Printable Nail Stickers.
• Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
The multi-purpose tray is stored in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment of the paper output tray.
• Printable Nail Stickers (NL-101)
Note
• For the latest information on Printable Nail Stickers, access our website.
120
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
To print onto Printable Nail Stickers, place them on the multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer, and then
insert them into the printer.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. When message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers appears, take out multi-
purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment (A).
2. Place Printable Nail Stickers on multi-purpose tray.
Important
•Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
•To prevent getting dirt or fingerprints on Printable Nail Stickers, hold the stickers by their edges. If
the print side gets any dirt or is damaged, it may cause poor print quality.
•When placing Printable Nail Stickers on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the reflectors (B) on
the multi-purpose tray.
121
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place Printable Nail Stickers and press it against lock (C) at
bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with Printable Nail Stickers, insert two tabs (D) on top into slits (E)
on multi-purpose tray.
3. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
122
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
•Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow ( ) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
Note
• The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
123
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2. Remove Printable Nail Stickers.
While pressing down lock (A), remove two tabs (B) on the top out of slits (C).
Important
• Do not touch the printing surface when removing Printable Nail Stickers.
Note
• Allow the printing surface to dry before removing Printable Nail Stickers. If you see printing on the
multi-purpose tray or outside the Printable Nail Stickers, wipe them clean after the printing surface
has dried.
3. Peel a sheet of Printable Nail Stickers from adapter.
Important
•Allow the printing surface to dry before tearing off Printable Nail Stickers from its edges.
124
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, insert it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
125
Loading Originals on Platen
1. Open the document cover.
2. Load original WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on platen.
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen.
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to
break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing
down the original.
3. Close the document cover gently.
127
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or
scan.
128
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals Function How to Load
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Copying Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the alignment mark
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
If you scan using the operation panel, se-
lect Auto scan for Doc.type in Scan.
Scanning by specifying a standard
size (A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel, se-
lect Document or Photo for Doc.type in
Scan and specify a standard size (A4,
Letter, etc.) for Scan size to scan origi-
nals.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
Scanning only one original
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto scan for Scan size
to scan originals.
Loading Only One Original in
Center of Platen
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto multi scan for
Scan size to scan two or more origi-
nals.
Loading Two or More Originals
on Platen
Note
• For details on how to scan from the computer and how to load originals, see below.
For Windows:
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
For macOS:
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
129
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen and align it with the
alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
Loading Only One Original in Center of Platen
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area
cannot be scanned.
130
Loading Two or More Originals on Platen
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the originals, and between the originals.
Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
B: More than 0.40 in. (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 in. (180 mm) or more cannot be
corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.
131
Supported Originals
Item Details
Types of originals • Text document, magazine, or newspaper
• Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Note
• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen, you can load it by removing the document
cover from the printer.
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
132
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Detaching the document cover:
Hold up the document cover in portrait orientation and then tip it back.
Attaching the document cover:
Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover
vertically as illustrated below.
133
134
Before Inserting the Memory Card
The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the printer.
Important
• If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, the image data may be unreadable on the printer or damaged. For
information on memory cards that your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device guarantees operation, refer
to the instruction manual supplied with your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
• Format the memory card using a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system
(Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not be
compatible with the printer if it is formatted on a computer.
Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter
• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card, SDXC memory card
Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter
Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting into the card
slot.
• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
Important
• If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to
remove the memory card.
Cannot Remove Memory Card
136
Printable Image Data
• This printer accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File
system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types
such as RAW images cannot be printed.
• The printer accepts images scanned and saved with the printer when Doc.type is set to Photo and
Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").
Note
• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
137
Inserting the Memory Card
Important
• When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is
flashing, the printer is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card
slot.
Note
• When Read/write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print image data from the
memory card using the operation panel of the printer. After using the card slot as the memory card drive
of a computer, remove the memory card, select Other device settings in Device settings, then set
Read/write attribute to Write-protected from PC.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
• When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them
from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.
1. Prepare your memory card.
Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
2. Insert the memory card into the card slot.
Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot.
When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.
* Be sure to attach the card adapter to the following types of memory card before inserting to the card
slot.
•miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
•microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
138
Important
• Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further.
This can damage the printer or the memory card.
• Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you
force the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the printer
can be damaged.
139
Removing the Memory Card
Important
• If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, you must perform the "safe removal"
operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the printer.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
1. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.
Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the printer.
Important
•Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes
while the printer is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory
card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card
can be damaged.
140
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of
the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Take appropriate action according to the message.
When Error Occurred
Note
• If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance
Procedure.
• For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open the scanning unit / cover.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
• Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
until it stops completely.
Important
•Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
•If the scanning unit / cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to
the right. In this case, close and reopen the scanning unit / cover.
3. Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.
142
Important
•Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
•Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
•Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of
consumables.
Note
• Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one
when replacing two or more ink tanks.
4. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (B) completely, then
remove the protective film (C) completely.
Important
•Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.
•If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (D), ink may splash or the printer may not
print properly.
143
5. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (E) pointing up while being careful not to
block the Y-shape air hole (D).
6. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (E) to remove it off GENTLY.
Important
•Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air
hole (D) blocked, ink may splash.
•Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (E) or the open ink port (F). The ink may
stain your hands if you touch them.
•Do not reattach the protective cap (E) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the
local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
7. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
144
8. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Important
• You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
• You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
9. Close the scanning unit / cover.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.
145
Caution
• When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
Note
• If the error message appears after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
• When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head
automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of
the print head.
•If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head.
•The printer may make noise during operation.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-
white printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
146
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, tap (HOME) to display it.
2. Select (Hint) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The hint menu screen will appear.
3. Select Estimated ink levels.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
•To access the ink purchasing site, select Order ink now on this screen and display the QR code.
Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
•Selecting Ink model no. displays the Ink model number screen for checking ink numbers.
•You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.
•You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
147
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?
There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).
The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based
documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If
either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.
These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the
printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.
148
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink
tank.
Note
• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.
• Check the ink status.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
•For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
150
Step3 Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
•For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
•For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
•For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
Note
• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
• For macOS:
151
Adjusting Print Head Position
152
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Nozzle Check.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch
screen.
153
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
155
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or
in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
156
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
157
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Deep Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
159
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
8. When the completion message appears, select OK.
9. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
160
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
• If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the touch
screen.
When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Auto.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Confirm the message, then select Yes.
161
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
This takes about 4 minutes.
Note
• If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the touch screen.
When Error Occurred
7. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually.
For Windows:
You can also align the print head manually from a computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value
on the Maintenance screen.
162
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
Note
• For details on automatic print head alignment, see Aligning the Print Head.
What you will need: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Manual.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
•To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment
value.
6. Check message and select Yes.
163
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
7. When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
and if so, select Yes.
8. Check message and select Next.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
9. Examine first patterns and tap A. In column A, find pattern in which streaks are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
•If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
164
•If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal streaks
Noticeable horizontal streaks
10. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns B to H,
and then select OK.
11. Check message and select OK.
The second set of patterns is printed.
12. Examine second patterns and tap I. In column I, find pattern in which streaks are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
•If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
165
13. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns J to P,
and then select OK.
14. Check message and select OK.
The third set of patterns is printed.
15. Examine third patterns and tap a. In column a, find pattern in which stripes are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal stripes are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal stripes
Noticeable horizontal stripes
16. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns b to h,
and then select OK.
17. When confirmation message appears, select OK.
166
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only
when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Roller cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
8. Select OK.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
168
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
10. Select OK.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
11. When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
169
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Bottom plate cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then select OK.
7. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
paper.
8. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
unfold the paper, then select OK.
170
9. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
10. Mount cassette cover (A) and insert cassette into printer.
11. Select OK.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
12. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
•When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
171
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
172
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
173
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or
liquids such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
•Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
•Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
•Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
175
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Do not hold the printer by the cassette. Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
176
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Do not place objects in front of the printer. The paper output tray opens automatically and may hit
these objects, damaging the printer.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the ink tanks. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw print heads or ink tanks in the fire.
177
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10498 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30374, FCC Approved Bluetooth
K30375)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
178
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
179
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,
your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please
contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal
service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies kann z.
B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten
Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen. Der
unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die
menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie
außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen für
Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
180
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément à la
directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en
place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en de
nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet worden
ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten op
het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen in
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit product
mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u uw
afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw
woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie over het
inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
181
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord amb la
Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts
de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte similar o
lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics
(AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en l’entorn i
en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan
associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest producte
contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts on podeu
lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal, a les
autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de recollida de
deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el reciclatge de
productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla Direttiva
RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso un centro di
raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro uno", ovvero del
ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o un impianto
autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione impropria di
questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana causato dalle
sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed
elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace delle risorse
naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto
Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti di
Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
182
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo ou
num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos (EEE).
O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente e na
saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation jf.
direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller
produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering af denne
type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de
potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr. Når du
foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik på
genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
183
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο
παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά τη
σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας για
ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το
εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold til
WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det
vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering av
denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte
brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved å
kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Tuote
on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta
ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä saat
kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
184
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning inte
får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför avsedd
insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen do
sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný
podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických a
elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
185
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a termék nem
kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell leadni, például
hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai berendezésekből
származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok a nem
megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak lehetnek a környezetre
és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék megfelelő kezelésével
hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A berendezésekből származó,
újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért forduljon a helyi
önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző vállalathoz,
illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek visszajuttatásáról és
újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt do
recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu
s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny
za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z
elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu môže mať
negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické zariadenia
obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
186
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete
tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba į
187
elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai ir
žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad jos
būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo ne
smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na primer
pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo. S
pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
188
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la un
punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru
za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru
za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom
189
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled
potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na
ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
190
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Identification badges or insignia
• Selective service or draft papers
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
• Traveler's checks
• Food stamps
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
192
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
193
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.
Retract the paper output tray following the message.
The paper output tray is retracted and the power will go off.
2. Close operation panel.
3. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.
Important
•Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
4. Close paper support and rear tray cover.
5. Shorten cassette.
6. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
194
7. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
8. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
195
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Select (Setup) on HOME screen and select Device settings > Reset settings > Reset all >
Yes.
196
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint-
stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
197
Front View
A: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it. Before printing starts, this automatically opens.
Operation Panel
B: Platen
Load an original here.
C: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
D: Cassette
Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
E: Paper Guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
F: Cassette Cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
G: Paper Output Tray
Comes out automatically when the printer starts printing. Printed paper is ejected.
H: Paper Output Support
Extend to support ejected paper.
200
I: Card Slot
Insert a memory card.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
J: Access lamp
Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.
Inserting the Memory Card
K: Multi-purpose Tray Guide
Place the multi-purpose tray here.
L: Multi-purpose Tray Storage Compartment
The multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer can be stored here.
201
M: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
N: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
O: Rear Tray Cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
P: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
Q: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
202
Rear View
A: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
C: Transport Unit Cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
D: Rear Cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This
can cause trouble.
203
Operation Panel
A: ON button/ON lamp
Turns the power on or off. Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Before turning on the
power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
B: Touch Screen
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status. Directly touch the screen lightly with your
finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button. You can also preview photos on a memory card
before printing.
Basic Operation of the touch screen
205
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the touch screen is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• The touch screen display will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the
display, touch the touch screen. The print operation from a computer can also restore the display.
207
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• If an error message is displayed on the touch screen, see When Error Occurred.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed
from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by
default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
208
Important
•When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON
lamp is off.
Note
•When pressing the ON button, a confirmation screen to retract the paper output tray on the
touch screen. If you want to retract the paper output tray, select Yes.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
209
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.
• The power plug/power cord is bent.
• The power plug/power cord is worn.
• The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
210
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print
head and print quality may be reduced.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
Note
• After pressing the ON button, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray
will appear on the touch screen. To retract the paper output tray, select Yes.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
211
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
212
Using the Operation Panel
The operation panel consists of the ON button (A) and touch screen (B).
Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and
other functions.
Operations on the HOME Screen
A: ON button
B: Touch Screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Icons on Touch Screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or
settings.
Important
• When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the printer to
malfunction or damage the printer.
Strongly pressing the touch screen.
Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as
on ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).
Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.
Placing any objects on the touch screen.
• Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.
Tap
Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.
Use to select an item or photo on the screen.
213
Touch
Touch lightly with your finger tip.
To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.
Flick
Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.
Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.
Drag
While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.
Use to view lists of items or move sliders.
214
Operations on the HOME Screen
Display the menu screen or the settings screen from the HOME screen.
C: Basic menu
Select to copy or scan using the operation panel. After selecting a basic menu, the particular menus
are displayed.
D: Network
Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the
network settings.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
• Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
215
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are disabled.
E: Wireless connect
Select to connect the printer to a smartphone/tablet over Wi-Fi through Easy wireless connect or via
Bluetooth.
Tap this button to display a confirmation screen for starting a connection. Touch and hold this button
to switch to the standby mode for Easy wireless connect or Bluetooth connection.
Easy wireless connect
Bluetooth settings
F: Setup
Displays the printer's setting menus or the maintenance menus.
When there is an update notification or information from PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, NEW appears
on this button.
Firmware update
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
G: Hint
Displays quick guides about such procedures as loading paper and troubleshooting and such
information as estimated ink level and system information.
Icons on Touch Screen
While operating on the touch screen, some icons are displayed on the touch screen.
216
(HOME)
Displays the HOME screen.
(Back)
Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.
Black
Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.
Color
Starts color copying, scanning, etc.
Stop
Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.
217
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the
driver settings, or printing fails.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box opens.
3. Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
220
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the necessary items
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if
necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3. Click Save...
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4. Save the settings
Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
221
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
•When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
222
Setting the Ink to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate ink tank among installed ink tanks according to an
intended use.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box appears.
3. Select the ink tank to be used from Print With
Select the ink tank to be used for printing and click OK.
4. Click OK on the Page Setup tab
When you perform printing, the specified ink tank will be used.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the printer
uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is
selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is
detached.
223
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2. Perform power off
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power
The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens.
Note
•If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Auto Power On
Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
4. Apply the settings
224
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
225
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Custom Settings
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
•If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Detects compatible media in the multi-purpose tray
Detects whether compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray during printing using the
multi-purpose tray, and displays a message if compatible media is not loaded.
Check this check box to detect whether compatible media is loaded when printing.
Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether compatible media is loaded.
Important
•If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the multi-purpose tray even if
compatible media is not loaded on the multi-purpose tray. Therefore, you should check this
check box under normal circumstances.
• If you load compatible media that has already been printed onto the multi-purpose tray, the
printer may detect that no compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray. In this case,
uncheck this check box.
Prevents paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density
printing to prevents paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform
the automatic head alignment.
226
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the
Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print
data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
•If Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", Envelope Com 10, or Envelope DL is
selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to
the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
setting.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the
slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page
dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
227
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Print settings
LAN settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Other device settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
Feed settings
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
228
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Amount of extension as an example.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Device settings.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Select a setting item to adjust.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item.
6. Select a setting to specify.
229
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Other device settings
Language selection
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset setting
System information
231
Print settings
•Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
•Amount of extension
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will be come ineffective in the following situations:
Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) supporting device.
Printing from a handwritten navigation sheet.
Printing from a standard form.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
•Adjust disc print area
You can adjust the disc printing area if the image is not aligned with the printable disc. You can adjust
the printing area in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.04 in. (-0.9 mm) and +0.04 in. (+0.9
mm).
•Auto photo fix setting
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the
image files when Default* or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, select Auto
photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge settings.
•Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.12 in. (-3 mm) and
+0.12 in. (+3 mm) centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
232
Important
• For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 in. (-1.5
mm) and +0.06 in. (+1.5 mm) even if you specify the value over 0.06 in. (1.5 mm).
233
LAN settings
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
When Wi-Fi is selected in the LAN settings screen, the network settings information of the printer when it
is connected by Wi-Fi appears in the Wi-Fi setting list screen.
To print the network settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer
settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected)/Enabled (disconnected)/Disable
Network name (SSID) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Frequency 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/
WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)
Signal strength (%) XXX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
If Settings is selected in the Wi-Fi setting list screen, the following settings are available.
•Enable/disable Wi-Fi
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
234
•Wi-Fi setup
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
◦Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦Other connection types
◾Manual connect (adv.)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
◾WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
•Advanced setup
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Wireless Direct
When Wireless Direct is selected in the LAN settings screen, the network settings information of the
printer when it is connected by the Wireless Direct appears in the Wireless Direct setting list screen.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
•The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer
settings.)
Note
•To show or hide the password, select Show password/Hide password in the Wireless Direct
setting list screen.
Items Setting
Connection Enable/Disable
235
Network (SSID)/device name DIRECT-XXXX-TS8300series
Password XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK(AES)
No. of devices connected now XX/XX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
If Settings is selected in the Wireless Direct setting list screen, the following settings are available.
•Enable/disable Wireless Direct
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
•Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
•Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
•Connection request confirmation
Selecting Yes displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
•Advanced setup
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Advanced setup
•Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
236
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
•TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
•WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows.
◦Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦WSD scan from this device
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD. To transfer
the scanned data, tap Color.
Note
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select
the document type.
◦Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
•Bonjour settings
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
•LPR protocol setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
•RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
•LLMNR
237
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
•IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
•PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
•Wi-Fi DRX setting
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi (discontinuous
reception).
Note
• Depending on the Wi-Fi router used, discontinuous reception may not be activated even though
Enable is selected.
• Discontinuous reception is enabled only while the printer is on standby. (The touch screen is in
the screen saver mode.)
•IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
238
Other device settings
•Date display format
Changes the display format of dates when printed.
Note
• When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the
date is printed in the date display format you selected.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
•Read/write attribute
Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer.
Important
• Remove the memory card before changing this setting.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
• If you set this setting to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print photos on a memory card using
the operation panel of the printer. After you finish operation of the memory card dedicated drive, be
sure to set it back to Write-protected from PC. When you turn off the printer, Writable from USB
PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Write-protected from PC when you turn on the
printer next time.
• When Writable from USB PC is selected, the auto power off setting is inactive.
For more on the auto power off setting:
ECO settings
•Sound control
Selects the volume.
◦Keypad volume
Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen or the buttons on the operation panel.
◦Alarm volume
Selects the alarm volume.
•Energy saving settings
Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
◦Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
◦Auto power on
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
239
Note
• You can also select this setting by selecting (Setup) on the HOME screen, selecting ECO,
and then selecting Energy saving settings.
ECO settings
•Original removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the
original may not be detected.
•Auto retract paper output tray
When ON is selected, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray automatically
appears after pressing the ON button to turn off the printer.
•Wi-Fi pairing settings
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦Enable/disable pairing
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦Allow/block additional pairing
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
◦Delete paired devices
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
240
Language selection
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Thai / Indonesian / Vietnamese
241
Firmware update
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
Note
• Only Check current version is available when Enable is selected for Enable/disable Wi-Fi of Wi-Fi in
LAN settings.
•Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-
screen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, select OK and try again
after a while.
•Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
•Update notification setting
When ON is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the touch screen.
•DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
•Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
242
Reset setting
You can set the settings back to the default.
•Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
•LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
•Settings only
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
•Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
The language displayed on the touch screen
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
243
Feed settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or
on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
•Rear tray paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
•Cassette paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Note
• Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.
•Detect paper width
Selecting ON will automatically detect paper size when paper is loaded.
•Detect paper setting mismatch
If you select Enable, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with
those registered in Feed settings. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the touch screen.
Note
• When Disable is selected, the settings in Feed settings is disabled.
244
Web service setup
Select this setting item from Web service setup in (Setup).
•Web service usage registration/Web service usage cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from PIXMA/MAXIFY
Cloud Link.
•Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
◦Google Cloud Print setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.
◦IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
◦Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center.
•Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
•DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
•Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
245
ECO settings
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the
printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Power Saving Function
Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select ECO.
4. Select Energy saving settings.
5. Check on-screen instructions and select Next.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B: Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
246
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select ECO.
4. Select Two-sided print settings.
5. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Select two-sided copying as a default.
B: Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
Note
• When duplex printing is selected, the icon is displayed on the setting items for duplex
printing on each print settings screen.
247
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Quiet setting.
4. Select Use quiet mode.
The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Important
• Operating speed is reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected.
• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how
you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of
the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
• For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).
248
System information
To display this menu, select System information in (Hint).
•Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
•Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
•Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
•MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Displays the MAC address for Wi-Fi.
•Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-1) of the printer.
Note
• If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
•Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-256) of the printer.
Note
• If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
249
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b / IEEE802.11a
Card Slot:
Yes
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing (Copy): 16 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 1.2 W or less *1*2
OFF: 0.3 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC, and Bluetooth settings enabled
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 14.7 x 12.6 x 5.6 in. (Approx. 373 x 319 x 141 mm)
* With the Cassette and trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 14.5 lb (Approx. 6.6 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
250
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
2400 x 4800 dpi *
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b /
IEEE802.11a
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Channel:
2.4 GHz: 1-11 or 1-13
5 GHz: W52, W53, W56, W58
* Wireless Direct cannot be used in the 5GHz band.
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
251
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
Hard Disk Space 2.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
macOS
Operating System OS X 10.11.6, macOS 10.12 - macOS 10.14
Hard Disk Space 1.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Other Supported OS
iOS, Android, Windows 10 Mobile
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
PIXMA Cloud Link
Windows 10 Mobile Print
Mopria Print Service
• Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.
• Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
• Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the
Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
• macOS: For macOS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
• Internet connection is required to use all the user's guide.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
252
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
254
• Printable Nail Stickers <NL-101>*1 *2
• Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>*1
• Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>*1
• Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
•Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
• Envelopes*1
• T-Shirt Transfers*1
• Greeting Card*1
• Card Stock*1
*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not
supported.
*2 When printing, mount a special adapter on the supplied multi-purpose tray.
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you must specify the page
size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
• You can use non-Canon genuine art paper. For details, access our website.
You cannot print in the top and bottom 1.38 in. (35 mm) margins of the paper (in the printing
direction).
Sizes for Art Paper
Before Printing on Art Paper
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
• Letter
• Legal
• A5
• A4
• B5
255
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)
• 7"x10"(18x25cm)
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)
• L(89x127mm)
• 2L(127x178mm)
• Square 3.5"
• Square 5"
• Hagaki
• Hagaki 2
• Envelope Com 10
• Envelope DL
• Nagagata 3
• Nagagata 4
• Yougata 4
• Yougata 6
• Card 2.17"x3.58"
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
• rear tray
◦ Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
◦ Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
• cassette
◦ Minimum size: 5.83 x 8.27 in. (148.0 x 210.0 mm)
◦ Maximum size: 8.50 x 11.69 in. (215.9 x 297.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2)
256
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray, the cassette, and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray Cassette
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> A4: Approx. 100 sheets A4: Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> A4: Approx. 80 sheets A4: Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 A4, B5, Letter: Approx. 80
sheets
N/A
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*2
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm),
2L(127x178mm): 10 sheets
KG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Square 3.5", Square
5", Hagaki: 20 sheets
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
1 sheet
257
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Rear Tray Cassette
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets (Legal:
10 sheets)
Approx. 100 sheets
Envelopes 10 envelopes N/A
T-Shirt Transfers A4: 1 sheet N/A
Greeting Card Letter, 7"x10"(18x25cm): 1
sheet
N/A
Card Stock A4, Letter: 1 sheet N/A
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Approx. 50 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
258
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m2))
• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m2), except for Canon genuine
paper)
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
259
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
260
Before Printing on Art Paper
When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be
removed on art paper just before printing.
You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office
automation equipment).
The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.
OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.
Important
• Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.
Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.
Paper dust removal procedure:
1. Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.
2. Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.
Important
•Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop
halfway.
•Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.
261
3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to
bottom.
262
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
Basic Printing Setup
1. Check that printer is turned on
2. Load paper in printer
3. Open printer driver's setup screen
4. Select frequently used settings
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.
When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper
Size automatically switch to the predefined values.
5. Select print quality
For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.
266
Important
• The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6. Select paper source
For Paper Source, select Automatically Select, Rear Tray, or Cassette, whichever matches your
purpose.
Important
•The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and
size.
267
7. Click OK
The printer will now print using these settings.
Important
• When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
• To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the
Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that
appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver
1. Open printer driver setup window
2. On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...
The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.
3. Select Paper Source
268
From Paper Source, check the setting or select a new paper source.
The current printer settings appear in Media Type and Page Size.
4. Apply settings
To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.
Note
• If the Type on the printer is set to Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki, or if the Page size on the
printer is set to 2L/5"x7"(13x18), click Set to display the dialog box.
Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.
•If the Type and the Page size on the printer are not set or are set to Others, Set will be grayed
out and cannot be clicked.
•If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will
not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.
269
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following media types on this printer.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High-Res Paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Paper information reg-
istered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301> Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Plus Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Paper information registered on
the printer
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101> Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers Others
270
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101> Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers Others
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver Paper information registered on the
printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers Others
Other High Quality Photo Paper Other High Quality Photo Paper Others
Other Fine Art Paper Other Fine Art Paper Others
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card Others
Card Stock Card Stock Card stock
Important
•When Media Type on the printer driver is set to Other Fine Art Paper, no data is printed in the top and
bottom 35 mm edges (printing direction) of the paper. For Page Size on the printer driver, select Letter
(Art Paper Margin 35) or A4 (Art Paper Margin 35).
For information about the printable area, see "Print Area."
Note
•For information on high quality paper and fine art paper of other brands that can be used with the
printer, see "Print Using Other High Quality Photo Paper and Other Fine Art Paper".
271
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal
A5 A5
A4 A4
B5 B5
4"x6" 10x15cm KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7" 13x18cm 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
7"x10" 18x25cm 7"x10"(18x25cm)
8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10"(20x25cm)
L 89x127mm L(89x127mm)
2L 127x178mm 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
Square 3.5"x3.5" 9x9cm Square 3.5"
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Letter (Art Paper Margin 35) Letter
A4 (Art Paper Margin 35) A4
Hagaki 100x148mm Hagaki
Hagaki 2 200x148mm Hagaki 2
Envelope Com 10 Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25" Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07" Nagagata 4
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25" Yougata 4
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" Yougata 6
272
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm Card 2.17"x3.58"
Custom Size Others
273
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size
and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the
application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size
and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the paper size
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Set Orientation
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to
perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Click OK
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
275
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3. Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
276
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4. Click OK
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the
settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
•Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page
Layout.
• When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and
cannot be set.
• When Duplex Printing is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
277
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it
extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Note
• You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the
printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set borderless printing
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
278
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing, Stapling Side settings, and
the Stamp/Background... button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• When Other High Quality Photo Paper, Other Fine Art Paper, Envelope, Light Fabric Iron-on
Transfers, Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers, High Resolution Paper, or T-Shirt Transfers is
selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you cannot perform borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
279
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no
margin before printing.
280
Scaled Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set scaled printing
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
•Select a Printer Paper Size
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When
the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
281
•Specify a scaling factor
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Click OK
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the printer driver.
282
Note
• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
283
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set page layout printing
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and
click OK.
284
Page Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of
pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
285
Tiling/Poster Printing
The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print
these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like
a poster.
Setting Tiling/Poster Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set tiling/poster printing
Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
286
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box,
and then click OK.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create
a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.
Note
• This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are
used.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to print. To
specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a
hyphen between the page numbers.
Note
• You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document will be divided into several pages during printing.
Printing Only Specific Pages
If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by following the
procedure below:
1. Set the print range
287
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be
printed.
The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed.
Note
• Click the deleted pages to display them again.
• Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.
2. Complete the setup
After completing the page selection, click OK.
When you perform print, only specified pages will be printed.
Important
• Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.
288
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Performing Automatic Duplex Printing
You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set automatic duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked.
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Set the print area
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than
usual and the document may not fit on one page.
Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK.
289
Use normal-size printing
Print without reducing the page.
Use reduced printing
Reduce the page slightly during printing.
5. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
6. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, duplex printing will be started.
Performing Duplex Printing Manually
You can perform the duplex printing manually.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab.
290
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side.
Important
• When a media type other than Plain Paper, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki
is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is
unavailable.
• When Borderless, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing
and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
•Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page
Size on the Page Setup tab.
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A5, A4, B5, Hagaki 100x148mm
291
• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page
(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying
wait time at Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side first and
then print the message side.
Related Topic
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
292
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the media type
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4. Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL,
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK.
5. Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
•If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
293
6. Select the print quality
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Click OK
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer
Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
294
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select commonly used settings
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
4. Select the media type
For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side
first and then print the message side.
•When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the
message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click
Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box
that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function, register the paper information for the side to
be printed first.
5. Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
•Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
•When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
•Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
•With return postcards, automatic duplex printing and borderless printing cannot be used.
6. Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
295
7. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.
8. Click OK
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
• If you want to display a guide message when performing postcard printing, open the Maintenance tab
and click View Printer Status to start the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting.
To hide these guide messages, select the Do not show this message again check box.
• When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media,
and click Start Printing.
296
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your
computer so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
298
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1. Select print command from application software
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2. Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application
software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
1. Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
2. Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Important
•Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear
when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding
Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
299
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
300
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
301
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3. Display Estimated ink levels
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
302
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver
may not operate correctly.
If this happens, open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application
software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab.
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following
functions will not operate.
◦Preview before printing on the Main tab
◦Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing, Specify Margin..., Print from Last
Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
• The card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In such cases, restart the printer or turn it off
and reconnect the USB cable.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of
the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
303
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time
or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print
dialog box.
304
Quick Setup Tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting,
the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key
and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically.
306
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Note
• The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had
been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added
printing profile is selected.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a
confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is
displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
Important
• Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to
change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
307
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends
slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab,
choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Tone, Brightness, Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the
document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the
paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
308
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom. The
Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software.
309
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is
possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default
values (factory settings).
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the
items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
310
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
Check the setting or select a new paper source.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Related Topics
Basic Printing Setup
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Printing on Postcards
311
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
312
Main Tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
313
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and
select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
314
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Tone, Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color
balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Tone
Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing.
Moving the slider to the right produces warm colors (Warm), and moving the slider to the left
produces cool colors (Cool).
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
315
Important
• This function is not available for certain Media Type settings.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out
and is unavailable.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
316
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
317
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab
allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
318
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster,
or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce
the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size
loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
319
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is
selected.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex
Printing check box is checked.
To perform duplex printing automatically, check this check box.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Print Area Setup...
Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic
duplex printing.
This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
320
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give
priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the
printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
321
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not
be available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
•If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
322
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Print Area Setup dialog box
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual.
Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.
This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document
fits in one page.
Use normal-size printing
Prints the document pages without reducing them. This is the default setting.
Use reduced printing
Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing.
Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
323
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Disable the paper source setting of the application software
Disables the paper feed method that is set by the application.
With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feed method that
differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.
Important
• When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the
Canon IJ Preview.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
•Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
324
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Print With
Specify the ink tank to be used from the installed ink tanks.
Select from All Colors (Default), All Except PGBK (Black), Only PGBK (Black).
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the
printer uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is
detached.
Stamp/Background dialog box
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the
document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or
background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
325
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
326
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
•Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
327
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
•Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to 0.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
328
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
Note
• Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
329
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
330
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
331
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
The status monitor displays ink tank types and estimated ink levels.
When the remaining ink level becomes low, a warning icon and message (low ink level warning)
are displayed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images and messages to display the printer status and the ink status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
332
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays icons to report a remaining ink level warning and an ink depletion error.
The estimated ink level of the ink tank is also displayed as an illustration.
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of ink tanks that the printer can use.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Hagaki Printing
Displays a guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing.
To display this guide message, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Hagaki Printing, and enable this setting.
To hide the guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the
other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
333
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
334
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
1. Turn off the printer
2. Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
•A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
3. Install the MP Drivers
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation
Click Complete.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
• Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
335
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
336
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the
printer directly.
Follow the procedure below to use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
3. Printing/Scanning.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Device settings.
4. Select LAN settings.
5. Select Wireless Direct.
The Wireless Direct setting list screen appears.
6. Select Settings.
7. Select Enable/disable Wireless Direct.
338
8. Select ON.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
• To show the password, select Show password. To hide the password, select Hide password.
•The Wireless Direct setting list screen shows settings for when using the printer with Wireless
Direct.
Devices detect the printer by Network (SSID)/device name shown on the screen.
•The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
are using, no password is required.
•When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name
displayed on the touch screen from your device.
•The identifier (SSID) and the security setting are specified automatically. To update them, see
below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
1. Turn on Wi-Fi function on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on Wi-Fi function, see your device's instruction manual.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TS8300series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list
displayed on device.
Note
• If "DIRECT-XXXX-TS8300series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter password.
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
•Check the password for the Wireless Direct.
Check by one of the following methods.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
339
• Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
• If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the touch screen is the same as that of your wireless communication
device and select Yes.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
After connecting a device and the printer, start printing/scanning from the application of your device.
Note
• For more on printing or scanning from a device via Wi-Fi, refer to the device's or application's
instruction manual.
• You can print/scan from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Download it from App Store and Google Play.
For iOS
For Android
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Device settings.
4. Select LAN settings.
The LAN settings screen appears.
Note
•To print network settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen.
5. Select Wireless Direct.
The Wireless Direct setting list screen appears. You can check the current Wireless Direct settings.
340
6. Select Settings.
7. Select a setting item.
•Change SSID/device name
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the identifier (SSID) (up to 32 characters) and select OK.
3. Select OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the identifier (SSID).
Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and the
password, select Yes. You can check the updated identifier (SSID)/password on the Wireless
Direct setting list screen.
•Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ Selecting Change manually displays the entry field.
Follow the procedure below to change the password.
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the password (up to 10 characters) and select OK.
3. Select OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the password.
◦Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and
the password, select Yes. You can check the updated identifier (SSID)/password on the
Wireless Direct setting list screen.
•Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
341
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes.
Important
•To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
the confirmation screen.
8. Tap (HOME).
The HOME screen is displayed.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
342
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card
You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.
This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Select photo print.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load photo paper.
3. Select Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Select Memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
5. Select Select photo print.
6. Insert memory card into card slot.
The photo selection screen is displayed.
Note
•When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen is displayed.
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Saved data is not of a supported type.
is displayed on the touch screen.
• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per
2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
•To select the photo to print:
Flick horizontally to select the photo.
You can also select the photo by tapping or .
344
You can print a copy of the displayed photo by tapping Color.
•To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:
Tap near the bottom of the displayed photo to display menus.
A: Total number of copies is displayed
When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the number
of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change the number of
copies for each photo.
B: Specify the number of copies
Tap or to specify the number of copies.
Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.
You can also flick the number to specify.
345
Note
• You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print and
specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.
C: Select to switch the photo group.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
D: Select to display the Settings screen.
You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
E: Select to display two photos side-by-side.
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
346
F: Select to zoom in on the photo.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
G: Select display photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
H: Select to display the multiple photos at once.
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
8. Tap Color.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• Tap Stop to cancel printing.
347
• While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).
Adding Print Job
Adding Print Job
You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.
Follow the procedure below to add the print job.
1. Flick photo while printing to select next photo.
Note
•While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.
•The reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.
2. Specify number of copies and print settings for each photo.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print
settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the
print job.
3. Tap Color.
The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.
If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print
from the computer or other devices.
• While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.
• If you tap Stop while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel reservation is
displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If you select
Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.
• If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the
operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.
348
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the
memory card.
Print Settings Screen
How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu.
•In Select photo print or Slide show:
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings.
•In Trimming print:
The following screen is displayed before printing.
Setting Items
Flick vertically to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify
the setting.
Note
• Depending on the print menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Select photo print.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If
the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are displayed
349
on the touch screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check the
message and change the setting.
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or
the printer is turned off.
You can specify the following setting items.
•Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
•Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
•Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
•Print qlty (Print quality)
Select print quality according to the photo.
•Border (Bordered/Borderless print)
Select bordered or borderless print.
•Photo fix
When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the
most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight
brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each
scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
Note
• As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.
• If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.
•Red-EyeCorrection
Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may
be corrected.
•Print date
Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.
Note
• The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Other device
settings under Device settings.
350
Copying Label Side of Disc
You can copy the label of an existing BD/DVD/CD and print it on a printable disc.
Important
• You cannot print on 3.15 in. (8 cm) printable discs.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select Copy on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Disc label copy.
4. Check message and select OK.
The print area setting screen is displayed.
5. Specify print area and select OK.
A: Specify the outer circle.
B: Specify the inner circle.
Note
•Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure
you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than
the measured value for the inner diameter.
•For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.
6. Specify the amount of ink.
353
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
7. Follow on-screen instructions to load copy source BD/DVD/CD on platen and select OK.
The print setting confirmation screen is displayed.
Important
• Be sure to load the copy source BD/DVD/CD with its label side down on the center of the platen. If
you load it near the edge of the platen, part of the image may be cut off.
8. Open operation panel until horizontal.
9. After checking message, tap Black or Color.
10. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.
354
Note
•You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.
•For more on setting the printable disc:
Placing a Printable Disc
11. Select OK.
The printer starts copying.
Note
• Tap Stop to cancel copying.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or
expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has
dried.
• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings
under Device settings.
Print settings
355
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label
You can print a photograph saved on a memory card onto the disc label of the printable disc.
Important
• You cannot print on 3.15 in. (8 cm) printable discs.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
4. Select Print photos on disc label.
5. Insert memory card into card slot.
Note
• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen in Select photo print is displayed.
To display the HOME screen, tap (HOME).
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Saved data is not of a supported type.
is displayed on the touch screen.
•If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per
2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
6. Check message and select OK.
The print area setting screen is displayed.
7. Specify print area and select OK.
356
A: Specify the outer circle.
B: Specify the inner circle.
Note
•Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure
you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than
the measured value for the inner diameter.
• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.
8. Specify the amount of ink.
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
9. Select a photo you want to print.
Note
•Other Options
Using Useful Display Functions
10. Specify print area with trimming and select OK.
A: Drag to position the trimming frame.
B: Drag to set the trimming frame size.
11. Open operation panel until horizontal.
357
12. Check message and tap Color.
13. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.
Note
•You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.
•For more on setting the printable disc:
Placing a Printable Disc
14. Select OK.
The printer starts printing.
Note
•Tap Stop to cancel printing.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or
expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has
dried.
• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings
under Device settings.
Print settings
358
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
Note
• The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the
printer, when you print from Smartphone/tablet, when you print from Windows, and when you print from
macOS.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
•When you close the feed slot cover:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
If the page size on the touch screen matches the size of the paper loaded in the rear tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the setting in accordance with the size of the loaded paper.
359
•When you insert the cassette:
Paper size is detected and set automatically in the printer.
* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing/copying are different from the
paper information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4
When you start printing/copying, a message is displayed and the paper setting specified for printing/
copying is shown under the message.
360
Check the message and select Next. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of
the operations below.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select if you want to print/copy on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information registered
to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing/copying on the paper loaded in the rear tray or in the
cassette without changing the paper size setting for printing/copying.
Replace the paper and print
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray or in the cassette before you
start printing/copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, tap (Back) when the
screen to select the operation is displayed.
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver
(Windows) or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings
and try printing/copying again.
361
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
•When you print/copy using the operation panel of the printer or when you print from
smartphone/tablet:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Feed settings
•When you print from Windows:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
•When you print from macOS:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing/copying even though the paper settings for printing/copying and the paper
information registered to the printer are different.
362
Making Copies
This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Select Copy on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Select Standard copy.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
5. Load original on platen.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A: The copy layout is displayed.
Switch the layout from (single-sided), (2-on-1), (two-sided).
B: Specify the number of copies.
364
Tap or to specify the number of copies.
If you keep touching here, the number scrolls by 10.
You can also flick the number to specify.
C: Display the print setting items.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Copying
D: Specify the page size and the media type.
7. Tap Black or Color.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
Important
•Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen until scanning is
completed.
Note
•To cancel copying, tap Stop.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy)
You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
365
The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job.
Load the original on the platen and tap the same button (Color or Black) as the one which you previously
tapped.
Important
• When you load the original on the platen, move the document cover gently.
Note
• When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.
• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media
type cannot be changed.
• If you tap Stop while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to cancel
copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all scanned data.
If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.
Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the touch screen. Select OK and wait
a while, and then try copying again.
• If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen
when scanning, select OK and tap Stop to cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have
not been finished copying.
366
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.
Print Settings Screen
Note
•For more on the print settings screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings in the Copy standby screen.
Example in Standard copy:
Preview
When Preview is displayed on the print settings screen, selecting Preview allows you to preview an
image of the printout on the preview screen.
For details, see below.
Displaying Preview Screen
Setting Items
Flick to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
367
Note
• Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Standard copy.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.
For more on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy
menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, appears on the touch
screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and
change the setting.
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the printer is turned off.
• When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified
function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the
setting, following the on-screen instructions.
Following setting items can be changed.
•Intensity
Specify the intensity.
A: Select to activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.
When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the
platen.
B: Drag to specify the intensity.
•Magnif. (Magnification)
Specify the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
•Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
368
•Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
•Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
•Print qlty (Print quality)
Adjust print quality according to the original.
Important
• If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select
Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again.
• Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays
instead of black or white.
•Layout
Select the layout.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
•2-sidedPrintSetting
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
Two-Sided Copying
369
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
371
IJ Scan Utility Features
Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
373
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
374
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen.
Important
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
1. Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility.
4. Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box to set where to save the scanned images and to make
advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
375
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
item in the Settings dialog box.
Note
•Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
376
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen. Add, delete, rearrange pages or make
other edits in the created PDF files.
Important
• You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
• Only PDF files created or edited in IJ Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or
edited in other applications are not supported.
Note
• You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
• Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
• Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
• When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
1. Place items on platen.
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click PDF Editor.
IJ PDF Editor starts.
4. To specify paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File menu,
and then set each item in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box.
Note
•Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
•In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
377
5. Click (Scan) on Toolbar.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file
you want to edit.
• You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.
6. Add pages as needed.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click (Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
Click (Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF
file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
•You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
7. Edit pages as needed.
When changing page order:
Click the page you want to move, and then click (Page Up) or (Page Down) on the Toolbar to
change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the
target location.
378
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click (Delete Page) on the Toolbar.
Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.
8. Select Save As... in File menu.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Specify save settings.
Save Dialog Box (PDF Edit Screen)
10. Click Save.
The PDF file is saved.
Note
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the
passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click (Save) on the Toolbar.
379
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps ( , , and
).
381
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
382
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from IJ Scan Utility
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for
"Starting IJ Scan Utility."
2. In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1. Start application.
2. On application's menu, select machine.
Note
•A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3. Scan document.
The ScanGear screen appears.
383
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear
documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source to match your document.
384
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3. Click Preview.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
•Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
385
Note
• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4. Set Destination.
Note
•Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5. Set Output Size.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
7. Set Image corrections as needed.
8. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
386
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
388
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
389
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of
the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
390
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
•Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
391
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
392
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
393
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and
Selected Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl
key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
394
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Important
• The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
396
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame (scan
area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its non-
magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
frame.
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
397
Note
•Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
• (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
398
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
•The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
•The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
399
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
400
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and
Selected Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl
key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
401
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panelor scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing
the devices.
• Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB1.1.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these
steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600
dpi in full-color.
•ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
•Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
402
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
403
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen for scanning. If items are not placed correctly they
may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
Placing Items
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of
the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
405
Important
•Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a for-
mat other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (di-
agonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
• Place up to 12 items.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are cor-
rected automatically.
Important
•For the portions in which items cannot be scan-
ned, see Loading Originals.
406
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our
website.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.
Important
• If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for
scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also
changes.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network
Scanner Selector EX.
Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of
the Online Manual for details.
• To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX beforehand.
1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
•If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
407
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
• If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4. Click OK.
Note
• The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the Scan-
from-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product
Name.
3. Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
4. Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.
408
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
Important
• Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
409
4. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.
Note
• When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.
5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.
Note
• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
410
Network
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Cannot Print or Connect
Installation
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Error
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Frequently Asked Questions
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen
Display on Touch Screen Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Printer Does Not Print
Copying/Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printer Prints Slowly
Ink Does Not Come Out
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
411
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
List of Support Code for Error
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
412
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
413
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
414
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Setup (Windows)
If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by
Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by
the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.
If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.
Checking Power Status
Checking PC Network Connection
Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Checking Printer's IP Address
Checking Security Software Settings
Checking Wireless Router Settings
417
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Checking that Power Is On
Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If printer and network device are on:
If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking PC Network Connection
418
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages, or if above does not solve the problem:
Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
419
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Is printer set to allow wireless communication?
Make sure the or icon is displayed on the touch screen.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
Checking Wi-Fi Environment
420
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.
If is displayed:
• Check wireless router configuration.
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the
wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors. Make sure the printer is close
enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be
impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with
the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth
as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from
interference sources as possible.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
• Check wireless router setting.
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth. Make sure
the wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
421
Important
• Note that some wireless routers distinguish network names (SSIDs) by the last alphanumeric
character according to their bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or purpose (for computer or game
machine).
Check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router for the printer on the touch screen.
Select (Setup) icon, Device settings, LAN settings, and Wi-Fi, and then check Network
name (SSID).
Note
• You can also check Network name (SSID) by selecting the icon on the lower left and selecting
Wi-Fi.
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to
the wireless router.
After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.
If is displayed:
Checking Printer's IP Address
422
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to
display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Checking Security Software Settings
423
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
Make sure the firewall does not interfere with setup.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer.
•If a firewall message appears:
If a firewall message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set
the security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network
communication.
•If no firewall message appears:
Temporarily disable the firewall and redo the network communication setup.
After the setup is complete, re-enable the firewall.
Note
• For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking Wireless Router Settings
424
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings
Check wireless router settings.
Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering,
encryption key, and DHCP function.
Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the printer and the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact the manufacturer.
In addition, make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
Important
• Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters
at the end of network name (SSID).
After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
425
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
•Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2 Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
•For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check3 If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall printer driver.
1. Finish setup
2. Turn off printer.
426
3. Restart computer.
4. Make sure you have no application software running.
5. Click here and perform setup.
427
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2 Check the (Network status) icon on the touch screen.
If the icon is displayed, or only the icon is displayed, wireless LAN is disabled.
Select LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Settings > in this order, and select Enable for Enable/disable Wi-Fi.
If the icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is
complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Check3 Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.
If it is not, click here and perform setup.
Note
•IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4 Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
428
Note
•Use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID) set
for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
•Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check6 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
429
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
•If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.
Check8 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check9 Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check10 If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
430
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Check1 Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
•Turn on the printer or devices.
•If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
•It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2 Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.
For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the
computer or contact the manufacturer.
Check3 Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless
router. If the icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4 Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
432
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
• Use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID)
set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
•IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
•Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check6 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
433
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7 Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer.
It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are
using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.
See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for
your computer.
Check8 Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check9 Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.
Check10 If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you
use alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
•Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the printer and the wireless router.
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1 Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
434
Check2 Is the icon displayed on the touch screen?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4 Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
•Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5 Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
•Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7 Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
435
Check1 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2 If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
Check3 Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
•To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
436
Network Key (Password) Unknown
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
437
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
•Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
•Using WEP
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that generates a password automatically, you must set the
printer to use the password generated by the wireless router.
◦For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings (Wi-Fi)
screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the password
length, format, and the password to use.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
• If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for password length in AirPort Base Station.
Select 1 for the password to use. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with
printer via the wireless router.
438
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Click here and perform setup.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1 Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
Check2 If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
439
Check3 If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
440
Checking Network Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
•For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
•For macOS:
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
442
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
3. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
•For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
•For macOS:
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network
address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
443
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
444
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing or scanning operation from a
computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, click here and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
445
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1 Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
•Turn on the printer or devices.
•If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
•It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3 Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless
router. If the icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4 Are network settings of printer identical with those of wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
447
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
•IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5 Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
•Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check7 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
448
Note
•IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1 Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Is the icon displayed on the touch screen?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4 Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
449
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5 Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
•Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7 Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
450
Printer Does Not Print
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
•If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2 Make sure that the paper output tray is at the normal print position.
When you do not use the multi-purpose tray, pull the paper output tray out to the front side until it stops and
select OK on the touch screen.
Check3 Make sure that the cassette is correctly inserted.
If there is an object under the printer, the cassette cannot be correctly inserted and paper may not be correctly
fed.
Make sure there are no objects under the printer and push the cassette flatly into the printer until it stops.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Check4 When using rear tray, make sure feed slot cover is closed.
When the feed slot cover is open, paper may not be fed.
Close the feed slot cover and check if no message appears on the touch screen.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Check5 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
452
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Note
•IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check6 Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears
on the touch screen. Follow the instructions on the touch screen to solve the problem.
Note
•You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check7 If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
•For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
•For macOS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check8 Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
453
•For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
selected by default.
•For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
•If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check9 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check10 If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
454
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the ink tanks.
Check the ink status on the touch screen.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Check2 Are the orange tape and plastic wrap still on the ink tank?
Make sure all the protective plastic wrap is peeled off to expose the Y-vent area, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check3 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
•If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
•If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power
supply.
•If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
455
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1 Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2 When loading paper, consider the following.
•When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
•When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
•In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
•When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3 Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4 When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5 Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6 Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
456
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
Note
•If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
Check7 Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8 If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of
cassette.
Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check9 Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?
See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.
457
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
458
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Check1 Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and select OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check2 Is printable disc placed on multi-purpose tray?
Place the printable disc on the multi-purpose tray properly and select OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check3 Has time elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray?
If a certain period of time has elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray, it may be ejected.
Follow the instructions on the touch screen and try the operation again.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Check1 Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and select OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check2 Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed.
Canon recommends that you use printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.
459
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Pull out the multi-purpose tray gently.
If the multi-purpose tray cannot be pulled out, cycle the power switch. The multi-purpose tray will
automatically be ejected.
When the multi-purpose tray is pulled out, place the multi-purpose tray again and retry printing. For more
on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
If the multi-purpose tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
460
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1 Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
•Copying/Printing from memory card
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
•Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
•Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device or using the operation panel.
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
PictBridge settings
•Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2 Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
461
Note
•When printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation
panel.
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Check3 If problem is not resolved, check also the sections below.
See also the sections below:
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Vertical Line Next to Image
Cannot Complete Printing
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Uneven or Streaked Colors
462
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/
Streaks or Lines
Printing Is Blurry
Colors Are Wrong
463
White Streaks Appear
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check3 Are the orange tape and plastic wrap still on the ink tank?
Make sure all the protective plastic wrap is peeled off to expose the Y-vent area, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check4 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
•If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
464
•If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power
supply.
•If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Check5 When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the
cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
•When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6 Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7 Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check8 Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
465
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
For macOS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
466
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
Smudged Edges Smudged Surface
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
Check3 Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
•Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
•Other Paper such as envelope
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
467
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
•Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4 Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If
you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
•From operation panel
Tap the HOME button, select (Setup) icon, Device settings, and Print settings, and then set
Prevent paper abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
468
•From computer (Windows):
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.
4. Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
•From computer (macOS):
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5 If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
•Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Brightness
•Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6 Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7 Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
•Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8 Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
469
Note
•To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
Check9 Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
•For Windows:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
•For macOS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
470
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
•The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
•This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
471
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 3 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4 With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 5 Restart the computer.
474
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1 Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2 Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
•If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
•The operation may differ depending on the application.
•Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3 Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4 Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your
application.
475
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1 Press ON button.
Check2 Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3 Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
477
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
•To disable the setting from the operation panel:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select (Setup) on Home screen.
3. Select ECO.
4. Select Energy saving settings.
5. Check displayed message and select Next.
6. Select Auto power off.
7. Select Never.
8. Select OK.
The setting is disabled.
•To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power Settings.
3. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
478
4. Select OK.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
•Refer to below to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).
Scanner Tab
479
USB Connection Problems
Make sure of the checking item below when you find one of the followings.
• Printing or scanning is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of
USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to
the communication speed.
Check Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB
connection.
•Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
•Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and obtain and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
•For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
480
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2 Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
•Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
481
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Other cases:
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Other cases:
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the MP Drivers.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
Note
• If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you
may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.
484
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers.
Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that
you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with Wi-Fi
connection. The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Make sure the printer was found, and install the MP Drivers following the on-screen instructions.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
485
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, a message is displayed on the computer or on the printer. For some errors, a support
code (error number) is also displayed.
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer
screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the printer
(touch screen):
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Code for Error.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
487
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
• A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support
code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the printer's touch screen, see below.
Message Appears on Touch Screen
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on Touch Screen
Check the message and take an appropriate action.
•Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Select OK on the touch screen to cancel the error.
Note
• See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
•Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Select OK on the touch screen to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
488
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
(Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1 If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3 Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
Check4 When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
Note
•If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.
489
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
•If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
•"Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
•"Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
490
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the touch screen and computer screen and take
the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Touch Screen and Computer Screen
•1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1001 1002 1003 1013
1200 1240 1258 1259 1300 1303
1304 1309 1310 1313 1401 1403
1405 140B 1410 1411 1412 1413
1414 1415 1551 1552 15A1 15A2
1600 1660 1684 1688 1689 168C
1700 1701 1730 1731 1830 1850
1851 1855 1857 185B 185C 185D
1871 1890
•2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2113 2114 2120 2123 2500
2700
•3000 to 3ZZZ
3402 3403 3405 3407 3408 3410
3411 3412 3413 3438 3439 3440
3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446
3447
•4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 410A 495A
491
•5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5050 5100 5200 520E
5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C02
•6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6001 6004 6500 6502 6800
6801 6830 6831 6832 6833 6900
6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931
6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937
6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944
6945 6946 6951 6A80 6A81 6D01
•7000 to 7ZZZ
7500 7600 7700 7800
•8000 to 8ZZZ
8300
•A000 to ZZZZ
C000
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
492
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
◦ If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:
1303
◦ If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:
1304
◦ If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:
1313
◦ If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed
inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Cases other than above:
Other Cases
493
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed, remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or from
the rear tray following the instructions below.
1. Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
•If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap
Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
•If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, try to pull the
paper out from the rear side of the printer.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Reload paper and select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
494
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
495
1303
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
•If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
•If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
•If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and
remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.
• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper in cassette properly.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
496
1304
Cause
Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
•If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
•If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
•If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and
remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.
• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper properly.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
3. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
497
1313
Cause
Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper, try to remove the paper from the following
locations.
• Paper output slot
1300
• Inside of the printer
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Rear side
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
498
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot / the feed slot of the
cassette / the rear tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the
instructions below.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop on
the touch screen to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Turn off the printer and unplug it.
2. Open scanning unit / cover.
Important
• Do not touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
499
4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
500
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the print head holder?
•Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
•Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
7. Close scanning unit / cover gently.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, and then take it down gently.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a
paper jam message appears on the touch screen or on your computer screen when you resume
printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer.
Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
501
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop on
the touch screen to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Make sure you have unplugged the power cord.
2. Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.
3. Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.
4. Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.
502
5. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
•Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the
paper by following these steps.
1. Detach transport unit cover.
Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.
503
2. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
•Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
3. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
4. Attach transport unit cover.
Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit cover.
504
6. Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the
rear cover until it is closed completely.
The print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the printing.
Note
•When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
505
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
506
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
• Align the paper guides of the rear tray with the both edges of the paper.
• Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
Paper Settings
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Note
• After loading paper in the rear tray, close the feed slot cover.
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
507
Paper is Not in the Cassette (1003)
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the cassette.
• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Note
• The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source. The loadable paper in the cassette is
A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.
• Load two sheets of A4/Letter-size plain paper in the cassette before aligning the print head.
• Align the paper guides of the cassette with the edges of the paper.
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
However, if you are printing a print head alignment sheet during printer setup, do not cancel printing.
508
1013
Cause
Multi-purpose tray compatible media is not set on multi-purpose tray, or the media position is misaligned.
What to Do
Remove the multi-purpose tray, place the multi-purpose tray compatible media properly, and then attach
the multi-purpose tray to the printer.
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Then select OK on the touch screen.
Important
• When you print on multi-purpose tray compatible media, use the supplied multi-purpose tray.
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
509
1200
Cause
Scanning unit / cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing ink tanks.
510
1401
Cause
Print head may be damaged.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
511
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the printer with the ink tank installed.
Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The printer may be
damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
512
1660
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.
Check the ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer.
513
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit / cover.
Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation
of printing under the ink out condition.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
514
1689
Cause
Printer detected ink out condition.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit / cover.
An ink tank that was once empty is installed.
Printing under the ink out condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To
disable this function, touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing
under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
515
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Select OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
516
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Tape for securing print head holder during transportation may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure the tape for securing the print head holder during
transportation has been removed.
If the tape is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
517
2110
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match cassette paper information set on printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match cassette paper information set on the printer.
• See below for details on cassette paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown
below, a message appears on the touch screen.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Select Next on the touch screen to display the screen below.
518
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, the
A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4,
change the paper in the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After exchanging the paper and inserting the cassette, the paper information is automatically
registered in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the cassette, tap (Back)
on the touch screen. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
519
2113
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match either rear tray or cassette paper information set on
printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match rear tray or cassette paper information set on the
printer.
• See below for details on rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the paper source is set to automatically switch and the print or copy paper settings do not match either
rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a message appears on the
touch screen.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Rear tray and cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Select Next on the touch screen to display the screen below.
521
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray or the cassette without changing the
paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray and cassette paper information are
set to A4, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray and cassette paper information are
set to A4, change the paper in the rear tray or the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or
copying.
After changing the paper, if the paper information registration screen appears, register the paper
information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray / cassette, tap
(Back) on the touch screen. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
522
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the
printer:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
523
2114
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match rear tray paper information set on printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match rear tray paper information set on the printer.
• See below for details on rear tray paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match rear tray paper information set on the printer, as shown
below, a message appears on the touch screen.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Rear tray paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Select Next on the touch screen to display the screen below.
524
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4, the
A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4,
change the paper in the rear tray to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for
the rear tray appears. Register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray, tap (Back)
on the touch screen. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the rear tray regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
525
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and retry printing.
527
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
528
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
529
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
530
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
531
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
532
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
533
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
534